blob: 6525b81e3f83a25cc74995e0c02ad08fd20cb9e9 [file] [log] [blame]
Tom Rini10e47792018-05-06 17:58:06 -04001# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002#
Wolfgang Denk1234ce72013-06-21 10:22:36 +02003# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005
6Summary:
7========
8
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00009This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenkce4832c2004-10-17 21:12:06 +000010Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
11processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
12initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
13code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000014
15The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000016the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
17header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000018support booting of Linux images.
19
20Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
21configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
22implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
23add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
24code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
25load and run it dynamically.
26
27
28Status:
29=======
30
31In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000032Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000033"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
34
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -050035In case of problems see the CHANGELOG file to find out who contributed
36the specific port. In addition, there are various MAINTAINERS files
37scattered throughout the U-Boot source identifying the people or
38companies responsible for various boards and subsystems.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000039
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -050040Note: As of August, 2010, there is no longer a CHANGELOG file in the
41actual U-Boot source tree; however, it can be created dynamically
42from the Git log using:
Robert P. J. Day974ed2f2012-11-14 02:03:20 +000043
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -050051U-Boot, you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser8804a612008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -050061The U-Boot source code is maintained in the Git repository at
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010062git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschin08337f32008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Liljaf3b287b2008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000110
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
113
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000114
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
Jelle van der Waa30245ca2016-10-30 17:30:30 +0100128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candidate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamadaef6ebff2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900135 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500136 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500137 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500138 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000140 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500141 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400142 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200143 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Rick Chend7e6f922017-12-26 13:55:59 +0800144 /riscv Files generic to RISC-V architecture
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500145 /sandbox Files generic to HW-independent "sandbox"
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500146 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400147 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500148/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
149/board Board dependent files
Xu Ziyuanfb1f9392016-08-26 19:54:49 +0800150/cmd U-Boot commands functions
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500151/common Misc architecture independent functions
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500152/configs Board default configuration files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500153/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
154/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
155/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400156/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500157/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
158/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
159/include Header Files
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500160/lib Library routines generic to all architectures
161/Licenses Various license files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500162/net Networking code
163/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500164/scripts Various build scripts and Makefiles
165/test Various unit test files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500166/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000167
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000168Software Configuration:
169=======================
170
171Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
172rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
173
174There are two classes of configuration variables:
175
176* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
177 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
178 "CONFIG_".
179
180* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
181 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
182 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200183 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000184
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500185Previously, all configuration was done by hand, which involved creating
186symbolic links and editing configuration files manually. More recently,
187U-Boot has added the Kbuild infrastructure used by the Linux kernel,
188allowing you to use the "make menuconfig" command to configure your
189build.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000190
191
192Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
193---------------------------------------------------
194
195For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200196configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000197
198Example: For a TQM823L module type:
199
200 cd u-boot
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200201 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000202
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500203Note: If you're looking for the default configuration file for a board
204you're sure used to be there but is now missing, check the file
205doc/README.scrapyard for a list of no longer supported boards.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000206
Simon Glass53552c92014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600207Sandbox Environment:
208--------------------
209
210U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
211board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
212specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
213run some of U-Boot's tests.
214
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki287314f2014-08-31 21:19:43 +0530215See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
Simon Glass53552c92014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600216
217
Simon Glassd8711af2015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700218Board Initialisation Flow:
219--------------------------
220
221This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500222SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules).
223
224Note: "SPL" stands for "Secondary Program Loader," which is explained in
225more detail later in this file.
226
227At present, SPL mostly uses a separate code path, but the function names
228and roles of each function are the same. Some boards or architectures
229may not conform to this. At least most ARM boards which use
230CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this.
Simon Glassd8711af2015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700231
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500232Execution typically starts with an architecture-specific (and possibly
233CPU-specific) start.S file, such as:
234
235 - arch/arm/cpu/armv7/start.S
236 - arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc83xx/start.S
237 - arch/mips/cpu/start.S
238
239and so on. From there, three functions are called; the purpose and
240limitations of each of these functions are described below.
Simon Glassd8711af2015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700241
242lowlevel_init():
243 - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f()
244 - no global_data or BSS
245 - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed)
246 - must not set up SDRAM or use console
247 - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to
248 board_init_f()
249 - this is almost never needed
250 - return normally from this function
251
252board_init_f():
253 - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r():
254 i.e. SDRAM and serial UART
255 - global_data is available
256 - stack is in SRAM
257 - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables,
258 only stack variables and global_data
259
260 Non-SPL-specific notes:
261 - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this
262 can do nothing
263
264 SPL-specific notes:
265 - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own
266 version as needed.
267 - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis
268 - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work
269 - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S
270 - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r()
271 directly)
272
273Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at
274this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below
275CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of
276memory.
277
278board_init_r():
279 - purpose: main execution, common code
280 - global_data is available
281 - SDRAM is available
282 - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used
283 - execution eventually continues to main_loop()
284
285 Non-SPL-specific notes:
286 - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from
287 there.
288
289 SPL-specific notes:
290 - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and
291 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM
292 - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is
Ley Foon Tan48fcc4a2017-05-03 17:13:32 +0800293 done by selecting CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a
Simon Glassd8711af2015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700294 spl_board_init() function containing this call
295 - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux
296
297
298
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000299Configuration Options:
300----------------------
301
302Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
303such information is kept in a configuration file
304"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
305
306Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
307"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
308
309
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000310Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
311kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
312build a config tool - later.
313
Ashish Kumar11234062017-08-11 11:09:14 +0530314- ARM Platform Bus Type(CCI):
315 CoreLink Cache Coherent Interconnect (CCI) is ARM BUS which
316 provides full cache coherency between two clusters of multi-core
317 CPUs and I/O coherency for devices and I/O masters
318
319 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_CCI400
320
321 Defined For SoC that has cache coherent interconnect
322 CCN-400
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000323
Ashish Kumar97393d62017-08-18 10:54:36 +0530324 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_CCN504
325
326 Defined for SoC that has cache coherent interconnect CCN-504
327
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000328The following options need to be configured:
329
Kim Phillips203fee32007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500330- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000331
Kim Phillips203fee32007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500332- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk994ad962006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200333
Kumar Galaf4fb90f2011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600334- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sun2394a0f2012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000335 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
336
337 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
338 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
339 compliance, among other possible reasons.
340
Kumar Galaf4fb90f2011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600341 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
342
343 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
344 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
345 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
346
Kumar Gala179b1b22011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500347 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
348
349 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
350 tree nodes for the given platform.
351
Scott Wood80806962012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000352 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
353
354 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
355 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
356 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
357
358 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
359 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
360
361 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
362 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
363
364 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
365 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
366 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
367 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
368
369 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
370 this erratum.
371
Prabhakar Kushwahad324f472013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530372 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
373 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800374 required during NOR boot.
Prabhakar Kushwahad324f472013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530375
Prabhakar Kushwahac4c10d12014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530376 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND
377 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800378 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision
Prabhakar Kushwahac4c10d12014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530379
Scott Wood80806962012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000380 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
381
382 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
383 according to the A004510 workaround.
384
Priyanka Jainc73b9032013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530385 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
386 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
387 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
388
Priyanka Jainf81e8b22013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530389 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
390 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
391 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
392
Priyanka Jainc73b9032013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530393 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
394 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
395 connected to the DSP core.
396
Priyanka Jainf81e8b22013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530397 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
398 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
399
Priyanka Jaine9dcaa82013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530400 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
401 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
402 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
403 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
404
Aneesh Bansal8bcbc272014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530405 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
406 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
Bin Meng75574052016-02-05 19:30:11 -0800407 time of U-Boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
Aneesh Bansal8bcbc272014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530408
Tang Yuantiana7364af2014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800409 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800410 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
Tang Yuantiana7364af2014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800411 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
412
Daniel Schwierzeckd8a49ca2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000413- Generic CPU options:
414 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
415
416 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
417 values is arch specific.
418
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700419 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
420 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
421 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
422 SoCs.
423
424 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
425 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
426
427 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
428 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
429 deskew training are not available.
430
431 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
432 Freescale DDR1 controller.
433
434 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
435 Freescale DDR2 controller.
436
437 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
438 Freescale DDR3 controller.
439
York Sun2896cb72014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700440 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
441 Freescale DDR4 controller.
442
York Sun461c9392013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700443 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
444 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
445
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700446 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
447 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
448 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
449 implemetation.
450
451 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
Robert P. J. Day8d56db92016-07-15 13:44:45 -0400452 Board config to use DDR2. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700453 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
454 implementation.
455
456 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
457 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun2896cb72014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700458 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
459
460 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
461 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
462 DDR3L controllers.
463
464 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
465 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
466 DDR4 controllers.
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700467
Prabhakar Kushwaha62908c22014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530468 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
469 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
470
471 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
472 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
473
Prabhakar Kushwaha3c48f582017-02-02 15:01:26 +0530474 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_CLK_DIV
475 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to IFC controller).
476
Prabhakar Kushwahabedc5622017-02-02 15:02:00 +0530477 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_LBC_CLK_DIV
478 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to eLBC controller).
479
Prabhakar Kushwaha950f2f72014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530480 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
481 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
482 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
483
484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
485 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
486 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
487 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
488
Prabhakar Kushwaha2c27f122014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530489 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
490 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
491 concatenated with u-boot binary.
492
York Sun29647ab2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800493 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
494 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
495
496 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
497 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
498
York Sun3a0916d2014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800499 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
500 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
501 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
502 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
503
York Sunc459ae62014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800504 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
505 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
506 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
507 SoCs with ARM core.
508
York Sun79a779b2014-08-01 15:51:00 -0700509 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
510 Number of controllers used as main memory.
511
512 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
513 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
514
Prabhakar Kushwaha122bcfd2015-11-09 16:42:07 +0530515 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR
516 Defines the SoC has DP-DDR used for DPAA.
517
Ruchika Guptabb7143b2014-09-09 11:50:31 +0530518 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
519 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
520
521 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
522 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
523
Daniel Schwierzeckd52a6232011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200524- MIPS CPU options:
525 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
526
527 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
528 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
529 relocation.
530
Daniel Schwierzeckd52a6232011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200531 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
532
533 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
534 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
535 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
536
Christian Riesch48c2d6d2012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000537- ARM options:
538 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
539
540 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
541 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
542
York Sun77a10972015-03-20 19:28:08 -0700543 COUNTER_FREQUENCY
544 Generic timer clock source frequency.
545
546 COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL
547 Generic timer clock source frequency if the real clock is
548 different from COUNTER_FREQUENCY, and can only be determined
549 at run time.
550
Stephen Warren8d1fb312015-01-19 16:25:52 -0700551- Tegra SoC options:
552 CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE
553
554 Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain
555 impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode,
556 such as ARM architectural timer initialization.
557
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000558- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000559 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
560
561 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
562 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
563 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
564 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
565 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
566 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
567 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000568 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100569 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000570 default environment.
571
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000572 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
573
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800574 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000575 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
576 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
577
Gerald Van Barenfcd91bb2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400578 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200579
580 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400581 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
582 concepts).
583
584 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
585 * New libfdt-based support
586 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips9b46eb62007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500587 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400588
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200589 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galae40c2b52006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600590 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200591
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200592 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
593 addresses
Kim Phillips9b46eb62007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500594
Kumar Gala1e26aa52006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600595 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
596
597 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
598 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000599
Simon Glass6c0be912014-10-23 18:58:54 -0600600 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
601
602 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make
603 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel.
604 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting
605 the kernel.
606
Heiko Schocherffb293a2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200607 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
608
609 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
610 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
611 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
612 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
613 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
614 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
615
Igor Grinberg06890672011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000616 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
617
618 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
619 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
620 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
621 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
622 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
623 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
624 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
625
Niklaus Giger0ab978d2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100626- vxWorks boot parameters:
627
628 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
Bin Mengfb694b92015-10-07 20:19:17 -0700629 environments variables: bootdev, bootfile, ipaddr, netmask,
630 serverip, gatewayip, hostname, othbootargs.
Niklaus Giger0ab978d2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100631 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
632
Niklaus Giger0ab978d2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100633 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
634 the defaults discussed just above.
635
Aneesh V960f5c02011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000636- Cache Configuration:
637 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
638 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
639 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
640
Aneesh V686a0752011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000641- Cache Configuration for ARM:
642 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
643 controller
644 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
645 controller register space
646
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000647- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel0813b122008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200648 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000649
650 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
651
Andreas Engel0813b122008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200652 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000653
654 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
655
656 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
657
658 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
659 the clock speed of the UARTs.
660
661 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
662
663 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
664 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
665 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
666
Karicheri, Muralidharancbc08882014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400667 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
668
669 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
670 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000671
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000672- Console Baudrate:
673 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
674 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200675 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000676
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000677- Autoboot Command:
678 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
679 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
680 define a command string that is automatically executed
681 when no character is read on the console interface
682 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
683
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000684 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000685 The value of these goes into the environment as
686 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
687 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200688 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000689
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000690- Serial Download Echo Mode:
691 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
692 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
693 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
694 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
695 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
696 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
697 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
698
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500699- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000700 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
701 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200702 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000703
Simon Glassaa34ef22016-03-13 19:07:28 -0600704- Removal of commands
705 If no commands are needed to boot, you can disable
706 CONFIG_CMDLINE to remove them. In this case, the command line
707 will not be available, and when U-Boot wants to execute the
708 boot command (on start-up) it will call board_run_command()
709 instead. This can reduce image size significantly for very
710 simple boot procedures.
711
Wolfgang Denk2aceea12013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000712- Regular expression support:
713 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +0200714 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
715 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
716 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
717 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denk2aceea12013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000718
Simon Glass3d686442011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000719- Device tree:
720 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
721 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
722 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
723 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
724 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
725 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
726
Simon Glass5cb34db2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000727 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
Alex Deymo5b661ec2017-04-02 01:25:20 -0700728 be done using one of the three options below:
Simon Glass38d6b8d2011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000729
730 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
731 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
732 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
733 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
734 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1f17f192017-08-26 07:34:14 +0900735 the global data structure as gd->fdt_blob.
Simon Glass3d686442011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000736
Simon Glass5cb34db2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000737 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
738 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
739 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
740 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
741
742 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
743
744 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
745 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
746 still use the individual files if you need something more
747 exotic.
748
Alex Deymo5b661ec2017-04-02 01:25:20 -0700749 CONFIG_OF_BOARD
750 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use the device tree
751 provided by the board at runtime instead of embedding one with
752 the image. Only boards defining board_fdt_blob_setup() support
753 this option (see include/fdtdec.h file).
754
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000755- Watchdog:
756 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
757 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6aa4d7b2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000758 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
Christophe Leroy069fa832017-07-06 10:23:22 +0200759 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx
760 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
761 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
762 available, then no further board specific code should
763 be needed to use it.
Detlev Zundel6aa4d7b2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000764
765 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
766 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
767 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
768 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000769
Heiko Schocher735326c2015-01-21 08:38:22 +0100770 CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT
771 specify the timeout in seconds. default 2 seconds.
772
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000773- Real-Time Clock:
774
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500775 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000776 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
777 following options:
778
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000779 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam3f8d1782011-10-24 06:44:15 +0000780 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000781 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1fe2c702003-03-06 21:55:29 +0000782 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000783 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk0893c472003-05-20 14:25:27 +0000784 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
Markus Niebel90491f22014-07-21 11:06:16 +0200785 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
wdenkef5fe752003-03-12 10:41:04 +0000786 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krillb27939b2008-03-15 15:40:26 +0100787 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenkaeba06f2004-06-09 17:34:58 +0000788 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Chris Packham2d3ac512017-05-30 12:03:33 +1200789 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher1f1b7012011-03-28 09:24:22 +0200790 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
791 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000792
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +0000793 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
794 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
795
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600796- GPIO Support:
797 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600798
Chris Packham9b383202010-12-19 10:12:13 +0000799 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
800 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
801 pins supported by a particular chip.
802
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600803 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
804 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
805
Simon Glass4dc47ca2014-06-11 23:29:41 -0600806- I/O tracing:
807 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
808 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
809 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
810 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
811 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
812 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
813 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
814 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
815
816 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
817 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
818 still continue to operate.
819
820 iotrace is enabled
821 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
822 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
823 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
824 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
825 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
826 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
827
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000828- Timestamp Support:
829
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000830 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
831 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
832 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500833 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000834
Karl O. Pinc8b1f90a2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000835- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
836 Zero or more of the following:
837 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
Karl O. Pinc8b1f90a2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000838 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
839 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
840 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
841 disk/part_efi.c
Simon Glass8706b812016-05-01 11:36:02 -0600842 CONFIG_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc8b1f90a2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000843 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000844
845- IDE Reset method:
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000846 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
847 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000848
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000849 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
850 be performed by calling the function
851 ide_set_reset(int reset)
852 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000853
854- ATAPI Support:
855 CONFIG_ATAPI
856
857 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
858
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000859- LBA48 Support
860 CONFIG_LBA48
861
862 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher0f602e12009-12-03 11:21:21 +0100863 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000864 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
865 support disks up to 2.1TB.
866
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200867 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000868 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
869 Default is 32bit.
870
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000871- SCSI Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200872 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
873 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
874 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000875 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
876 devices.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000877
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +0200878 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
879 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauere50a10e2012-10-29 05:23:48 +0000880
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000881- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +0000882 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffett64b94dd2011-10-18 11:05:29 +0000883 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
884
885 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
886 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
887 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
888 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
889
890 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
891 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
892 example with the "sspi" command.
893
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000894 CONFIG_EEPRO100
895 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200896 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000897 write routine for first time initialisation.
898
899 CONFIG_TULIP
900 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
901 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
902 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
903
904 CONFIG_NATSEMI
905 Support for National dp83815 chips.
906
907 CONFIG_NS8382X
908 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
909
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +0000910- NETWORK Support (other):
911
Jens Scharsigdab7cb82010-01-23 12:03:45 +0100912 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
913 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
914
915 CONFIG_RMII
916 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
917
918 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
919 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
920 The driver doen't show link status messages.
921
Rob Herringc9830dc2011-12-15 11:15:49 +0000922 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
923 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
924
Ashok93fb8722012-10-15 06:20:47 +0000925 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +0000926 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
927
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +0000928 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
929 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
930
Ashok93fb8722012-10-15 06:20:47 +0000931 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenk3c711762004-06-09 13:37:52 +0000932 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
933
934 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
935 Define this to hold the physical address
936 of the device (I/O space)
937
938 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
939 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
940
941 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
942 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
943 (some hardware wont work with macros)
944
Heiko Schocher7d037f72011-11-15 10:00:04 -0500945 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
946 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
947
Macpaul Lin199c6252010-12-21 16:59:46 +0800948 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
949 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
950
951 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
952 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
953 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
954 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
955 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
956 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
957 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
958 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
959
Yoshihiro Shimodaed4cea02011-01-27 10:06:03 +0900960 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
961 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
962
963 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
964 Define the number of ports to be used
965
966 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
967 Define the ETH PHY's address
968
Yoshihiro Shimoda281aa052011-01-27 10:06:08 +0900969 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
970 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
971
Heiko Schocher2b387762014-07-18 06:07:19 +0200972- PWM Support:
973 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
Robert P. J. Day1f8378a2016-09-13 08:35:18 -0400974 Support for PWM module on the imx6.
Heiko Schocher2b387762014-07-18 06:07:19 +0200975
Vadim Bendeburydac69642011-10-17 08:36:14 +0000976- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiouacea5702013-04-12 11:04:34 +0000977 CONFIG_TPM
978 Support TPM devices.
979
Christophe Ricard8759ff82015-10-06 22:54:41 +0200980 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_INFINEON
981 Support for Infineon i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
Tom Wai-Hong Tame49fed52013-04-12 11:04:37 +0000982 per system is supported at this time.
983
Tom Wai-Hong Tame49fed52013-04-12 11:04:37 +0000984 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
985 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
986
Christophe Ricard88249232016-01-21 23:27:13 +0100987 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24
988 Support for STMicroelectronics TPM devices. Requires DM_TPM support.
989
990 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_I2C
991 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 I2C devices.
992 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and I2C.
993
Christophe Ricard5ffadc32016-01-21 23:27:14 +0100994 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_SPI
995 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 SPI devices.
996 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and SPI.
997
Dirk Eibach20489092013-06-26 15:55:15 +0200998 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
999 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1000
Che-liang Chiouacea5702013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001001 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendeburydac69642011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001002 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1003 per system is supported at this time.
1004
1005 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1006 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1007 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1008 0xfed40000.
1009
Reinhard Pfau4fece432013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001010 CONFIG_TPM
1011 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1012 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1013 Requires support for a TPM device.
1014
1015 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1016 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1017 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1018
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001019- USB Support:
1020 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
Heiko Schocher6f90e582017-06-14 05:49:40 +02001021 supported (PIP405, MIP405); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001022 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1023 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenkfb30b4c2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001024 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001025 storage devices.
1026 Note:
1027 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1028 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001029
Simon Glass5978cdb2012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001030 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1031 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1032
Oleksandr Tymoshenko7a881752014-02-01 21:51:25 -07001033 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
1034 HW module registers.
1035
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001036- USB Device:
1037 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1038 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1039 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001040 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001041 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1042 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001043 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001044 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1045 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1046 a Linux host by
1047 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1048 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1049 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1050 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001051
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001052 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1053 Define this to build a UDC device
1054
1055 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1056 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1057 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001058
Vipin KUMARbdb17702012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301059 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1060 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1061 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1062 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1063 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1064 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1065 speed.
1066
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001067 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001068 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1069 be set to usbtty.
1070
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001071 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001072 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001073 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001074 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1075 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1076 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1077
1078 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1079 Define this string as the name of your company for
1080 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001081
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001082 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1083 Define this string as the name of your product
1084 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001085
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001086 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1087 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1088 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1089 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1090 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001091
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001092 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1093 Define this as the unique Product ID
1094 for your device
1095 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001096
Igor Grinbergac5f6ee2011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001097- ULPI Layer Support:
1098 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1099 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1100 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1101 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1102 viewport is supported.
1103 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1104 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stachf31e4112012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001105 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1106 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1107 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001108
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001109- MMC Support:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001110 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1111 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1112 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001113 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001114 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1115 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001116
Yoshihiro Shimodadb7717b2011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001117 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1118 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1119
1120 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1121 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1122
1123 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1124 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1125
Pierre Aubertbcc302c2014-04-24 10:30:08 +02001126 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1127 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1128
Tom Rini58a8d322013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001129- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
Marek Vasut7f8d4362018-02-16 16:41:18 +01001130 CONFIG_DFU_OVER_USB
Tom Rini58a8d322013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001131 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1132
Pantelis Antonioucf14d0d2013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001133 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1134 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1135
Afzal Mohammede3c687a2013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301136 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1137 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1138 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1139 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1140 one that would help mostly the developer.
1141
Heiko Schochera2f831e2013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001142 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1143 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1144 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1145 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1146 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1147
Pantelis Antonioua6e788d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001148 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1149 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1150 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1151 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1152 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1153 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1154
Heiko Schochere1ba1512014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001155 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1156 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1157 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1158 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1159
1160 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1161 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1162 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1163 sending again an USB request to the device.
1164
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001165- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
Simon Glassfa8527b2016-10-02 18:00:59 -06001166 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001167 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1168
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001169 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1170 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001171 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1172
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001173- Keyboard Support:
Simon Glasseaba37e2015-11-11 10:05:47 -07001174 See Kconfig help for available keyboard drivers.
1175
1176 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
1177
1178 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1179 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1180 defined in your board-specific files. This option is deprecated
1181 and is only used by novena. For new boards, use driver model
1182 instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001183
1184- Video support:
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001185 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001186 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001187 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1188 support, and should also define these other macros:
1189
1190 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1191 CONFIG_VIDEO
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001192 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1193 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1194 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1195 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1196 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1197
Timur Tabi32f709e2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001198 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1199 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
Fabio Estevamd3ad5e52016-04-02 11:53:18 -03001200 boot. See the documentation file doc/README.video for a
Timur Tabi32f709e2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001201 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001202
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001203- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1204
1205 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1206 display); also select one of the supported displays
1207 by defining one of these:
1208
Stelian Popf6f86652008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001209 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1210
1211 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1212
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001213 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001214
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001215 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001216
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001217 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
1218
1219 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1220 Active, color, single scan.
1221
1222 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001223
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001224 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001225 Active, color, single scan.
1226
1227 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1228
1229 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1230 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1231
1232 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1233
1234 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1235 Active, color, single scan.
1236
1237 CONFIG_HLD1045
1238
1239 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1240 Active, color, single scan.
1241
1242 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1243
1244 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1245 or
1246 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1247 or
1248 Hitachi SP14Q002
1249
1250 320x240. Black & white.
1251
Simon Glass599a4df2012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001252 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1253
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001254 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is
Simon Glass599a4df2012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001255 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1256 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1257 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1258 a per-section basis.
1259
1260
Hannes Petermaiera3c8e862015-03-27 08:01:38 +01001261 CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION
1262
1263 Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait
1264 mode or even if it's mounted landscape but rotated by 180degree,
1265 we need to rotate our content of the display relative to the
1266 framebuffer, so that user can read the messages which are
1267 printed out.
1268 Once CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is defined, the lcd_console will be
1269 initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of
1270 "vidinfo_t" which is provided by the board specific code.
1271 The value for vl_rot is coded as following (matching to
1272 fbcon=rotate:<n> linux-kernel commandline):
1273 0 = no rotation respectively 0 degree
1274 1 = 90 degree rotation
1275 2 = 180 degree rotation
1276 3 = 270 degree rotation
1277
1278 If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be
1279 initialized with 0degree rotation.
1280
Tom Wai-Hong Tam79926a42012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001281 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1282
1283 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1284
Tom Wai-Hong Tam6664f202012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001285 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1286
1287 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1288 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1289
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001290- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001291
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001292 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1293 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1294 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenk01686632004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001295 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001296 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1297 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1298 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1299 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001300
Nikita Kiryanov2f3e2ca2013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001301 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1302
1303 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1304 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Fabio Estevama58b4912016-03-23 12:46:12 -03001305 (see doc/README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanov2f3e2ca2013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001306 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1307 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1308 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1309 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1310 there is no need to set this option.
1311
Matthias Weisser53884182009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001312 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1313
1314 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1315 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1316 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1317 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1318 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1319 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1320
1321 Example:
1322 setenv splashpos m,m
1323 => image at center of screen
1324
1325 setenv splashpos 30,20
1326 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1327
1328 setenv splashpos -10,m
1329 => vertically centered image
1330 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1331
Stefan Roesed9d97742005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001332- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1333
1334 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1335 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1336 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1337
Anatolij Gustschin6b4e4fc2010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001338- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1339
1340 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1341 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1342 bmp command.
1343
wdenk710e3502003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001344- Compression support:
Kees Cook5b06e642013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001345 CONFIG_GZIP
1346
1347 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1348
wdenk710e3502003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001349 CONFIG_BZIP2
1350
1351 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1352 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1353 compressed images are supported.
1354
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001355 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001356 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001357 be at least 4MB.
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001358
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001359- MII/PHY support:
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001360 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1361
1362 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1363
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001364 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1365
1366 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1367 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1368 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1369 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1370
1371 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1372
1373 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1374 command issued before MII status register can be read
1375
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001376- IP address:
1377 CONFIG_IPADDR
1378
1379 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001380 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001381 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001382 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001383
1384- Server IP address:
1385 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1386
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001387 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001388 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001389 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001390
Robin Getz470a6d42009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001391 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1392
1393 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1394 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1395
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001396- Gateway IP address:
1397 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1398
1399 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1400 default router where packets to other networks are
1401 sent to.
1402 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1403
1404- Subnet mask:
1405 CONFIG_NETMASK
1406
1407 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1408 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1409 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1410 forwarded through a router.
1411 (Environment variable "netmask")
1412
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001413- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1414 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1415
1416 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1417 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1418 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1419 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1420 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1421 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1422 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1423 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denkb65aaf92007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001424 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001425
1426 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1427 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1428 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1429 4th and following
1430 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1431
Thierry Reding8977cda2014-08-19 10:21:24 +02001432 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
1433
1434 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
1435 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
1436 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
1437 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
1438 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
1439 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
1440 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
1441 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
1442 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
1443 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
1444 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
1445 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
1446 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
1447 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
1448 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
1449
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001450- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001451 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1452 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001453
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001454 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001455 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001456 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1457 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1458 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1459 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger8ca7fa02012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001460 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001461
Wilson Callan22bcd6e2007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001462 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1463 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001464
Joe Hershberger8ca7fa02012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001465 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1466 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1467 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1468 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1469 is not available.
1470
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001471 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1472 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1473 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan22bcd6e2007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001474 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001475 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1476 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001477
Aras Vaichas72aa3f32008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001478 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1479
1480 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1481 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1482 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1483 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1484 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1485 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1486 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1487 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1488 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1489 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1490 this delay.
1491
Joe Hershbergerb35a3a62012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001492 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1493 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1494 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1495 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1496 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1497
1498 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1499
Prabhakar Kushwaha2dec06f2017-11-23 16:51:32 +05301500 - MAC address from environment variables
1501
1502 FDT_SEQ_MACADDR_FROM_ENV
1503
1504 Fix-up device tree with MAC addresses fetched sequentially from
1505 environment variables. This config work on assumption that
1506 non-usable ethernet node of device-tree are either not present
1507 or their status has been marked as "disabled".
1508
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001509 - CDP Options:
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001510 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001511
1512 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1513
1514 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1515
1516 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1517 of the device.
1518
1519 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1520
1521 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1522 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001523 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001524
1525 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1526
1527 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1528 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1529
1530 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1531
1532 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1533
1534 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1535
1536 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1537
1538 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1539
1540 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1541
1542 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1543
1544 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1545 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1546
1547 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1548
1549 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1550
Uri Mashiach3dc6f652017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001551- Status LED: CONFIG_LED_STATUS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001552
1553 Several configurations allow to display the current
1554 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1555 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1556 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1557 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1558 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
Uri Mashiach3dc6f652017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001559 kernel). Defining CONFIG_LED_STATUS enables this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001560 feature in U-Boot.
1561
Igor Grinberg4997a9e2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001562 Additional options:
1563
Uri Mashiach3dc6f652017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001564 CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO
Igor Grinberg4997a9e2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001565 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
1566 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
Uri Mashiach3dc6f652017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001567 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO
Igor Grinberg4997a9e2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001568 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
1569
Igor Grinberg203bd9f2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02001570 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
1571 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
1572 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
1573 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
1574 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
1575 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
1576
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001577- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001578
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001579 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
1580 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
1581 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
1582 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
1583 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
1584 interface.
1585
1586 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001587 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
1588 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
1589 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
1590 for defining speed and slave address
1591 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
1592 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
1593 for defining speed and slave address
1594 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
1595 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
1596 for defining speed and slave address
1597 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
1598 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
1599 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001600
Heiko Schocherf2850742012-10-24 13:48:22 +02001601 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
1602 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
1603 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
1604 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
1605 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
1606 bus.
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001607 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocherf2850742012-10-24 13:48:22 +02001608 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
1609 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
1610 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
1611 second bus.
1612
Simon Glass026fefb2012-10-30 07:28:53 +00001613 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu045acfa2013-10-11 16:23:53 +09001614 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
1615 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
1616 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass026fefb2012-10-30 07:28:53 +00001617
Dirk Eibach42b204f2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00001618 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
1619 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
1620 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
1621 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
1622
trema49f40a2013-09-21 18:13:35 +02001623 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
1624 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)eb943872015-09-21 22:43:38 +02001625 - enable bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C1
1626 - enable bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C2
1627 - enable bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C3
1628 - enable bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C4
trema49f40a2013-09-21 18:13:35 +02001629 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
1630 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
1631 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
1632 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
1633 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
1634 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)eb943872015-09-21 22:43:38 +02001635 - define speed for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SPEED
1636 - define slave for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SLAVE
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001637 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000
trema49f40a2013-09-21 18:13:35 +02001638 for speed, and 0 for slave.
1639
Nobuhiro Iwamatsue94ea2f2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09001640 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
1641 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
1642 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
1643
1644 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
1645 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
1646 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
1647 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
1648 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
1649 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
1650 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
1651 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
1652 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
1653
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu12240102013-10-29 13:33:51 +09001654 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
1655 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
1656 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
1657
1658 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
1659 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
1660 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
1661 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
1662 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
1663 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
1664 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
1665 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
1666 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
1667 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001668 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu12240102013-10-29 13:33:51 +09001669
Heiko Schocherf53f2b82013-10-22 11:03:18 +02001670 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
1671 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
1672 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
1673 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
1674 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
1675 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
1676 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
1677 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
1678 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
1679 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
1680 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
1681 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
1682
Naveen Krishna Ch5d5efd32013-12-06 12:12:38 +05301683 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
1684 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
1685 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
1686 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
1687 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
1688
Dirk Eibachb9577432014-07-03 09:28:18 +02001689 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
1690 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
1691 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
1692 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
1693 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
1694 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
1695 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
1696 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
1697 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
1698 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
1699 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
1700 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
1701 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
1702 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
Dirk Eibach9ac33852015-10-28 11:46:22 +01001703 - activate dual channel with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_DUAL
1704 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0_1 speed channel 0_1
1705 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0_1 slave addr channel 0_1
1706 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1_1 speed channel 1_1
1707 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1_1 slave addr channel 1_1
1708 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2_1 speed channel 2_1
1709 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2_1 slave addr channel 2_1
1710 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3_1 speed channel 3_1
1711 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3_1 slave addr channel 3_1
Dirk Eibachb9577432014-07-03 09:28:18 +02001712
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001713 additional defines:
1714
1715 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
Simon Glassb05e2b32016-10-02 18:01:05 -06001716 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use.
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001717
1718 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
1719 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
1720 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
1721 omit this define.
1722
1723 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
1724 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
1725 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
1726 define.
1727
1728 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001729 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001730 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
1731 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
1732 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
1733
1734 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
1735 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
1736 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
1737 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
1738 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
1739 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
1740 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
1741 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
1742 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
1743 }
1744
1745 which defines
1746 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001747 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
1748 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
1749 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
1750 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
1751 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001752 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001753 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
1754 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00001755
1756 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
1757
Simon Glass3efce392017-05-12 21:10:00 -06001758- Legacy I2C Support:
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01001759 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001760 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1761 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001762
1763 I2C_INIT
1764
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001765 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001766 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001767
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001768 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001769
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001770 I2C_ACTIVE
1771
1772 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1773 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1774 define can be null.
1775
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001776 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1777
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001778 I2C_TRISTATE
1779
1780 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1781 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
1782 define can be null.
1783
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001784 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
1785
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001786 I2C_READ
1787
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001788 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
1789 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001790
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001791 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
1792
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001793 I2C_SDA(bit)
1794
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001795 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
1796 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001797
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001798 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001799 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001800 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001801
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001802 I2C_SCL(bit)
1803
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001804 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
1805 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001806
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001807 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001808 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001809 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001810
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001811 I2C_DELAY
1812
1813 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
1814 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001815 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001816 like:
1817
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001818 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001819
Mike Frysingeree12d542010-07-21 13:38:02 -04001820 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
1821
1822 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
1823 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
1824 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
1825 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
1826
1827 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
1828 the generic GPIO functions.
1829
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001830 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001831
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001832 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1833 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1834 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
1835 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
1836 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
1837 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
1838 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
1839 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001840
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001841 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
1842
1843 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001844 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
1845 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001846 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
1847
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001848 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001849
1850 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001851 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser469cde42009-04-18 22:34:03 -05001852 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
1853 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001854
1855 e.g.
1856 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001857 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001858
1859 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
1860
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001861 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Simon Glassb05e2b32016-10-02 18:01:05 -06001862 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001863
1864 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
1865
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001866 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001867
1868 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
1869 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
1870
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001871 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese096cc9b2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001872
1873 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
1874 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
1875
Andrew Dyer58c41f92008-12-29 17:36:01 -06001876 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
1877
1878 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
1879 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
1880 between writing the address pointer and reading the
1881 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
1882 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
1883 devices can use either method, but some require one or
1884 the other.
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001885
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001886- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
1887
1888 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
1889 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
1890 D/As on the SACSng board)
1891
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001892 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
1893
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001894 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
1895 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
1896 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
1897 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
1898 defined, the board configuration must define several
1899 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
1900 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001901
Heiko Schocherb77c8882014-07-14 10:22:11 +02001902 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
1903 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
1904 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
1905
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01001906- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001907
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01001908 Enables FPGA subsystem.
1909
1910 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
1911
1912 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
1913 (ALTERA, XILINX)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001914
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01001915 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001916
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01001917 Enables support for FPGA family.
1918 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
1919
1920 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
1921
1922 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001923
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001924 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001925
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001926 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001927
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001928 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001929
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001930 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
1931 status by the configuration function. This option
1932 will require a board or device specific function to
1933 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001934
1935 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
1936
1937 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
1938 configuration driver.
1939
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001940 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001941 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
1942
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001943 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001944
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001945 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
1946 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
1947 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
1948 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001949
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001950 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001951
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001952 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert
1953 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001954 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001955 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001956
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001957 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001958
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001959 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001960 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001961
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001962 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001963
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001964 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001965 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001966
1967- Configuration Management:
Stefan Roese141ed202014-10-22 12:13:24 +02001968
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001969 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
1970
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001971 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
1972 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001973
1974- Vendor Parameter Protection:
1975
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001976 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
1977 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001978 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001979 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
1980 protects these variables from casual modification by
1981 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
1982 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001983 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001984
1985 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
1986 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001987 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001988 these parameters.
1989
Joe Hershberger76f353e2015-05-04 14:55:14 -05001990 Alternatively, if you define _both_ an ethaddr in the
1991 default env _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001992 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001993 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
1994 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
1995 read-only.]
1996
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06001997 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
1998 for any variable by configuring the type of access
1999 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2000 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2001
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002002- Protected RAM:
2003 CONFIG_PRAM
2004
2005 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2006 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2007 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2008 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2009 this default value by defining an environment
2010 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2011 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2012 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2013 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2014 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2015 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2016 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2017
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002018 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002019 saveenv
2020
2021 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2022 either, which results in a memory region that will
2023 not be affected by reboots.
2024
2025 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2026 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2027 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2028 following board configurations are known to be
2029 "pRAM-clean":
2030
Heiko Schocher65d94db2017-06-07 17:33:09 +02002031 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx,
Wolfgang Denk90326762012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002032 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Heiko Schocher71cb3e92017-06-07 17:33:10 +02002033 FLAGADM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002034
Gabe Blacka2f3a932012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002035- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2036 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2037 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2038 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2039 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2040 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2041 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2042
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002043- Error Recovery:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002044 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2045
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002046 This variable defines the number of retries for
2047 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2048 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2049 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002050
Guennadi Liakhovetskib38c2b32008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002051 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2052
2053 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2054
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi147e3902012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002055 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2056
2057 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2058 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2059 try longer timeout such as
2060 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2061
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002062- Command Interpreter:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002063 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002064
2065 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2066 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2067 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2068
2069 Note:
2070
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002071 In the current implementation, the local variables
2072 space and global environment variables space are
2073 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2074 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2075 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2076 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2077 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002078
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002079 Global environment variables are those you use
2080 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2081 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2082 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002083
2084 To store commands and special characters in a
2085 variable, please use double quotation marks
2086 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2087 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2088 symbols.
2089
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002090- Command Line Editing and History:
Marek Vasut734fb042016-01-27 04:47:55 +01002091 CONFIG_CMDLINE_PS_SUPPORT
2092
2093 Enable support for changing the command prompt string
2094 at run-time. Only static string is supported so far.
2095 The string is obtained from environment variables PS1
2096 and PS2.
2097
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002098- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002099 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2100
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002101 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2102 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002103 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk591dda52002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002104
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002105 For example, place something like this in your
2106 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002107
2108 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2109 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2110 "myvar2=value2\0"
2111
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002112 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2113 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2114 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2115 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002116 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002117 You better know what you are doing here.
2118
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002119 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2120 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002121 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002122 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002123
Simon Glass6b8d5fd2012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002124 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2125
2126 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002127 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
Simon Glass6b8d5fd2012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002128 that so that the environment is not available until
2129 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2130 this is instead controlled by the value of
2131 /config/load-environment.
2132
Eric Nelson97f5f8f2012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002133- Serial Flash support
Simon Glass663b0cc2017-08-04 16:35:06 -06002134 Usage requires an initial 'sf probe' to define the serial
Eric Nelson97f5f8f2012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002135 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2136 commands.
2137
2138 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2139 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2140 flash is present on the system.
2141
2142 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2143 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2144 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2145 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2146
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002147
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002148- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2149 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2150
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002151 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002152 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002153 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002154 number generator is used.
2155
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002156 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2157 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2158 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2159
2160 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002161 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2162 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2163 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2164 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2165 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2166 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2167
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002168- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002169 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2170
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002171 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2172 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2173 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2174 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2175 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2176 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002177
Simon Glass0fa36a42012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002178
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002179Legacy uImage format:
2180
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002181 Arg Where When
2182 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002183 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002184 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002185 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002186 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002187 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002188 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2189 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2190 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002191 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002192 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2193 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2194 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2195 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002196 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002197 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002198
2199 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2200 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2201 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2202 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2203 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2204 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2205 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002206 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002207 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2208 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2209
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002210 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002211
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002212 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenkd729d302004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002213 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2214 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenke97d3d92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002215
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002216 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2217 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2218 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2219 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2220 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2221 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2222 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2223 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2224 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2225 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2226 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2227 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2228 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2229 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2230 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2231 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2232 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2233 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2234 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2235 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2236 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2237 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2238 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2239 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2240 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2241 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2242 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2243 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2244 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2245 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2246 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2247 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2248 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2249 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2250 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2251 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2252 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2253 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2254 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2255 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2256 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2257 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2258 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2259 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2260 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2261 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2262 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002263
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002264 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002265
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002266 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002267 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2268 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002269
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002270 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
Joe Hershbergerc80b41b02015-04-08 01:41:21 -05002271 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling net_loop()
2272 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in net_loop() occurred
2273 81 common/cmd_net.c net_loop() back without error
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002274 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2275 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002276 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2277 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002278 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002279
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002280FIT uImage format:
2281
2282 Arg Where When
2283 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2284 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2285 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2286 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2287 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2288 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowicz0cd4f3d2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002289 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002290 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2291 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2292 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2293 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2294 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002295 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2296 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002297 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2298 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2299 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2300 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2301 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2302 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2303 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2304 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2305
2306 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2307 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2308 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002309 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002310 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2311 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2312 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2313 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2314 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2315 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2316 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2317 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2318 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2319 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2320 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2321 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2322
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002323 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002324 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2325
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002326 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002327 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2328
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002329 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002330 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2331
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002332- Standalone program support:
2333 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2334
Wolfgang Denk23f78482011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002335 This option defines a board specific value for the
2336 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2337 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002338 settings.
2339
2340- Frame Buffer Address:
2341 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2342
2343 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denka71eb8e2013-01-03 00:43:59 +00002344 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
2345 when using a graphics controller has separate video
2346 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
2347 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
2348 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
2349 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
2350 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002351
2352 Please see board_init_f function.
2353
Detlev Zundel0ecb6112009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002354- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2355 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2356 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2357 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2358
2359 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2360 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2361
2362- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
Heiko Schocherf5895d12014-06-24 10:10:04 +02002363 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
2364 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
2365 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
2366 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
2367 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
2368 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
2369
2370 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
2371 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
2372 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
2373 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
2374 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
2375
2376 default: 4096
Simon Glass6c0be912014-10-23 18:58:54 -06002377
Heiko Schocherf5895d12014-06-24 10:10:04 +02002378 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
2379 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
2380 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
2381 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
2382 flash), this value is ignored.
2383
2384 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
2385 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
2386 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
2387 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
2388 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
2389 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
2390
2391 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
2392 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
2393 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
2394 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
2395 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
2396 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
2397 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
2398 partition.
2399
2400 default: 20
2401
2402 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
2403 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
2404 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
2405 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
2406 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
2407 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
2408 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
2409 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
2410 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
2411 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
2412 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
2413 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
2414
2415 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
2416 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
2417 without a fastmap.
2418 default: 0
2419
Heiko Schocher94b66de2015-10-22 06:19:21 +02002420 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FM_DEBUG
2421 Enable UBI fastmap debug
2422 default: 0
2423
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002424- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002425 CONFIG_SPL
2426 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002427
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002428 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2429 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2430
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002431 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
2432 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
2433 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
2434 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUDafab1482013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002435 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002436 must not be both defined at the same time.
2437
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002438 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002439 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
2440 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
2441 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
2442 not exceed it.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002443
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002444 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2445 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002446
Scott Woodc4f0d002012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002447 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
2448 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
2449 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
2450
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002451 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
2452 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
2453
2454 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002455 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
2456 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
2457 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUDafab1482013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002458 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002459 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002460
2461 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
2462 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
2463
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)287b0942015-03-31 11:40:50 +02002464 CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE
2465 When defined, SPL will panic() if the image it has
2466 loaded does not have a signature.
2467 Defining this is useful when code which loads images
2468 in SPL cannot guarantee that absolutely all read errors
2469 will be caught.
2470 An example is the LPC32XX MLC NAND driver, which will
2471 consider that a completely unreadable NAND block is bad,
2472 and thus should be skipped silently.
2473
Scott Woodc4f0d002012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002474 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
2475 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
2476 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
2477 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
2478
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002479 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
2480 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Fabio Estevam38e1a972015-11-12 12:30:19 -02002481 When this option is set the full malloc is used in SPL and
2482 it is set up by spl_init() and before that, the simple malloc()
2483 can be used if CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F is defined.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002484
2485 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
2486 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002487
Tom Rinic2b76002014-03-28 12:03:39 -04002488 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
2489 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
2490 See also: doc/README.falcon
2491
Tom Rinife3b0c72012-08-13 11:37:56 -07002492 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
2493 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
2494 about the running system.
2495
Scott Wood7c810902012-09-20 16:35:21 -05002496 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
2497 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
2498
Paul Kocialkowski17675c82014-11-08 23:14:56 +01002499 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION
2500 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
2501 used in raw mode
2502
Peter Korsgaard01b542f2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00002503 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
2504 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
2505 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
2506
2507 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
2508 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
2509 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
2510 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
2511 (for falcon mode)
2512
Paul Kocialkowski341e8cd2014-11-08 23:14:55 +01002513 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
2514 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
2515 used in fs mode
2516
Guillaume GARDET5065b712014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002517 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
2518 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
2519
2520 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
Peter Korsgaard465f1f82013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002521 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
Guillaume GARDET5065b712014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002522 from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard465f1f82013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002523
Guillaume GARDET5065b712014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002524 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
Peter Korsgaard465f1f82013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002525 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
Guillaume GARDET5065b712014-10-15 17:53:13 +02002526 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard465f1f82013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002527
Scott Wood2b36fbb2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00002528 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
2529 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
2530 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
2531 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
2532 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
2533
Prabhakar Kushwaha6e2b9a32014-04-08 19:12:31 +05302534 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
2535 Avoid SPL relocation
2536
Scott Woodc352a0c2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05002537 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
2538 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
2539 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
2540
2541 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
2542 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
2543
Jörg Krause6f8190f2018-01-14 19:26:38 +01002544 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_IDENT
2545 SPL uses the chip ID list to identify the NAND flash.
2546 Requires CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE.
2547
Scott Woodc352a0c2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05002548 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
2549 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
2550
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002551 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002552 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
2553 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002554
Thomas Gleixner820d24d2016-07-12 20:28:12 +02002555 CONFIG_SPL_UBI
2556 Support for a lightweight UBI (fastmap) scanner and
2557 loader
2558
Heiko Schochercf000272014-10-31 08:31:00 +01002559 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
2560 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
2561 if you need to save space.
2562
Ying Zhangdfb2b152013-08-16 15:16:12 +08002563 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
2564 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
2565 SPL binary.
2566
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002567 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
2568 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
2569 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
2570 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
2571 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
2572 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002573 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002574
Prabhakar Kushwahaafffcb02013-12-11 12:42:11 +05302575 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
2576 Add support NAND boot
2577
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002578 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002579 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
2580
2581 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
2582 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
2583
2584 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
2585 Size of image to load
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002586
2587 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002588 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002589
2590 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
2591 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002592 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002593
Pavel Machekde997252012-08-30 22:42:11 +02002594 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
2595 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
2596
Scott Woodeb7bd972012-12-06 13:33:16 +00002597 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeauf0180722013-04-11 09:35:49 +00002598 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
2599 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
2600 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
2601 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
2602 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Woodeb7bd972012-12-06 13:33:16 +00002603
Scott Woodf147eb72012-09-21 16:27:32 -05002604 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
2605 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
2606 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
2607 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
2608
Marek Vasut9f2e0eb2018-05-13 00:22:52 +02002609 CONFIG_SPL_FIT_PRINT
Simon Glass82d94532013-05-08 08:05:59 +00002610 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
2611 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
2612 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
2613 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
2614
Ying Zhang2d2e3b62013-08-16 15:16:15 +08002615- TPL framework
2616 CONFIG_TPL
2617 Enable building of TPL globally.
2618
2619 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
2620 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
2621 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002622 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
2623 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
2624 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang2d2e3b62013-08-16 15:16:15 +08002625
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002626- Interrupt support (PPC):
2627
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002628 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
2629 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002630 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002631 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002632 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002633 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002634 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002635 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
2636 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
2637 general timer_interrupt().
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002638
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002639
Helmut Raigerd5a184b2011-10-20 04:19:47 +00002640Board initialization settings:
2641------------------------------
2642
2643During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
2644to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
2645before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
2646following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
2647architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
2648typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
2649
2650- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
2651- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
2652- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
2653- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002654
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002655Configuration Settings:
2656-----------------------
2657
York Sun6c480012014-02-26 17:03:19 -08002658- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
2659 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
2660
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002661- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002662 undefine this when you're short of memory.
2663
Peter Tyserdfb72b82009-01-27 18:03:12 -06002664- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
2665 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
2666
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002667- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002668 prompt for user input.
2669
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002670- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002671
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002672- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002673
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002674- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002675
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002676- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002677 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
2678 booted
2679
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002680- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002681 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
2682
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002683- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002684 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
2685 simple memory test.
2686
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002687- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5958f4a2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00002688 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
2689 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
2690
York Sun5d286cd2015-12-04 11:57:07 -08002691- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
York Sun1ef95cc2016-06-24 16:46:18 -07002692 Only implemented for ARMv8 for now.
York Sun5d286cd2015-12-04 11:57:07 -08002693 If defined, the size of CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE memory
2694 is substracted from total RAM and won't be reported to OS.
2695 This memory can be used as secure memory. A variable
York Sun1ef95cc2016-06-24 16:46:18 -07002696 gd->arch.secure_ram is used to track the location. In systems
York Sun5d286cd2015-12-04 11:57:07 -08002697 the RAM base is not zero, or RAM is divided into banks,
2698 this variable needs to be recalcuated to get the address.
2699
York Sun50739372015-12-07 11:05:29 -08002700- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002701 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002702 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002703 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002704 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
2705 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
2706 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese37f31bf2008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002707 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002708 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese37f31bf2008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002709 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002710
2711 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
2712 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
2713 be touched.
2714
2715 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
2716 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
2717 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
2718 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
2719 problems.
2720
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002721- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002722 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
2723
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002724- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002725 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
2726
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002727- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002728 Physical start address of Flash memory.
2729
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002730- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002731 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
2732 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk0708bc62010-10-07 21:51:12 +02002733 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002734 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002735
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002736- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002737 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
2738 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
2739 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
2740 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002741
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002742- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002743 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
2744
Simon Glass863e4042014-07-10 22:23:28 -06002745- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
2746 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
2747 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
2748 will become available before relocation. The address is just
2749 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
2750 space.
2751
2752 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
2753 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
2754 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002755 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when
Simon Glass863e4042014-07-10 22:23:28 -06002756 U-Boot relocates itself.
2757
Simon Glass9fa901b2014-11-10 17:16:54 -07002758- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
2759 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
2760 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
2761 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
2762
Thierry Redingc97d9742014-12-09 22:25:22 -07002763- CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY:
2764 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be
2765 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped
2766 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would
2767 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For
2768 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the
2769 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed
2770 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding
2771 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e.
2772 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the
2773 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of
2774 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has
2775 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can
2776 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for
2777 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g.
2778 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes).
2779
2780 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present.
2781
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002782- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese5d5ce292006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002783 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
2784 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002785 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese5d5ce292006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002786 to adjust this setting to your needs.
2787
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002788- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002789 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
2790 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02002791 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
2792 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day832d36e2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04002793 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02002794 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002795 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00002796 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
2797 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
2798 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002799
John Rigbyeea8e692010-10-13 13:57:35 -06002800- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
2801 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
2802 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
2803 is enabled.
2804
2805- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
2806 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
2807 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2808
2809- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
2810 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
2811 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2812
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002813- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002814 Max number of Flash memory banks
2815
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002816- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002817 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
2818
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002819- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002820 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
2821
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002822- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002823 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
2824
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002825- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002826 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
2827
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002828- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002829 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
2830
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002831- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002832 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
2833 instead of U-Boot software protection.
2834
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002835- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002836
2837 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
2838 without this option such a download has to be
2839 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
2840 copy from RAM to flash.
2841
2842 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
2843 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002844 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
2845 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002846 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
2847
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002848- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002849 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk2cefd152004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002850 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
2851
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD8d94c232008-08-13 01:40:42 +02002852- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk2cefd152004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002853 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
2854 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002855
Piotr Ziecik3e939e92008-11-17 15:57:58 +01002856- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
2857 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
2858 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
2859 to the MTD layer.
2860
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002861- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski183284f2008-04-03 13:36:02 +02002862 Use buffered writes to flash.
2863
2864- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
2865 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
2866 write commands.
2867
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002868- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roesec443fe92005-11-22 13:20:42 +01002869 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
2870 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
2871 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
2872 optionally available.
2873
Jerry Van Barenaae73572008-03-08 13:48:01 -05002874- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
2875 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
2876 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
2877 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
2878
Stefan Roesed20cba52013-04-04 15:53:14 +02002879- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
2880 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
2881 against the source after the write operation. An error message
2882 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
2883 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
2884 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
2885 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
2886 this option if you really know what you are doing.
2887
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002888- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002889 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
2890 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002891 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
2892 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002893 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002894 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
2895
Wolfgang Denk460a9ff2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02002896- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
2897
Wolfgang Denk1136f692010-10-27 22:48:30 +02002898 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
2899 internally to store the environment settings. The default
2900 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
2901 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
2902 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denk460a9ff2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02002903
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002904- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
2905- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day832d36e2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04002906 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002907 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
2908 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
2909 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
2910
2911 The format of the list is:
2912 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002913 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c]
2914 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute]
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002915 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
2916 list = entry[,list]
2917
2918 The type attributes are:
2919 s - String (default)
2920 d - Decimal
2921 x - Hexadecimal
2922 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
2923 i - IP address
2924 m - MAC address
2925
Joe Hershberger6fe26c92012-12-11 22:16:34 -06002926 The access attributes are:
2927 a - Any (default)
2928 r - Read-only
2929 o - Write-once
2930 c - Change-default
2931
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002932 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
2933 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002934 environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002935
2936 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
2937 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
2938 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
2939 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
2940 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
2941 ".flags" variable.
2942
Joe Hershberger6db9fd42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05002943 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
2944 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to define the same
2945 flags without explicitly listing them for each variable.
2946
Joe Hershberger6fe26c92012-12-11 22:16:34 -06002947- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
2948 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
2949 access flags.
2950
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002951The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
2952of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
2953following configurations:
2954
Mike Frysinger63b8f122011-07-08 10:44:25 +00002955- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
2956
2957 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
2958 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
2959
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002960BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002961in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002962console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002963U-Boot will hang.
2964
2965Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
2966environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
2967keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
2968to save the current settings.
2969
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00002970BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
2971"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00002972environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
2973but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00002974
Guennadi Liakhovetskifad24442009-05-18 16:07:22 +02002975- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
2976
2977 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
2978 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
2979 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
2980
Bruce Adleredecc942007-11-02 13:15:42 -07002981Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002982has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Simon Glass64b723f2017-08-03 12:22:12 -06002983created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use env_get_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002984until then to read environment variables.
2985
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00002986The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
2987is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
2988with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
2989necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
2990"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
2991have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002992
2993Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
2994the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00002995use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002996
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002997- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002998 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenk49c3f672003-10-08 22:33:00 +00002999
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003000 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenk49c3f672003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003001 also needs to be defined.
3002
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003003- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003004 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003005
Ron Madriddfa028a2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003006- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3007 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3008 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3009 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3010 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3011 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3012
Simon Glass28a9e332012-11-30 13:01:18 +00003013- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
3014 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
3015 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
3016 to do this.
3017
Simon Glasse8822012012-11-30 13:01:19 +00003018- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
3019 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
3020 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
3021 present.
3022
Sascha Silbe4b9c17c2013-08-11 16:40:43 +02003023- CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
3024 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
3025 build system checks that the actual size does not
3026 exceed it.
3027
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003028Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkc8434db2003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003029---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003030
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003031- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003032 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3033
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003034- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3035 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3036 PowerPC SOCs.
3037
3038- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3039 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3040 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3041
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003042- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3043 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3044 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003045 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003046 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3047 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3048 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3049
3050 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3051 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3052
3053- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003054 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3055 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003056 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3057 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3058
3059- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3060 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3061 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3062 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3063
3064- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3065 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3066 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3067
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003068- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003069 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003070
3071 the default drive number (default value 0)
3072
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003073 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003074
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003075 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003076 (default value 1)
3077
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003078 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003079
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003080 defines the offset of register from address. It
3081 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003082 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003083
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003084 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3085 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003086 default value.
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003087
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003088 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003089 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3090 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003091 source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003092 initializations.
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003093
Macpaul Lind1e49942011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003094- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3095 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3096 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3097 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3098 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3099 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003100 is required.
Macpaul Lind1e49942011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003101
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003102- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003103 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
Christophe Leroy069fa832017-07-06 10:23:22 +02003104 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003105
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003106- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003107
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003108 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003109 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3110 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3111 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3112 will become available only after programming the
3113 memory controller and running certain initialization
3114 sequences.
3115
3116 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
Christophe Leroy069fa832017-07-06 10:23:22 +02003117 - MPC8xx: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003118
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003119- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003120
3121 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003122 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3123 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003124 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk1c2e98e2010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003125 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Simon Glass9a6ac8b2016-10-02 18:01:06 -06003126 GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003127 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3128 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003129
3130 Note:
3131 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3132 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003133 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003134 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3135 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3136
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003137- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003138
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003139- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003140 SDRAM timing
3141
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003142- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003143 periodic timer for refresh
3144
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003145- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3146 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3147 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3148 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003149 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3150
3151- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003152 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3153 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003154 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3155
Andrew Sharp61d47ca2012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003156- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003157 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses.
Andrew Sharp61d47ca2012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003158 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
3159 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
3160 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
3161 by coreboot or similar.
3162
Gabor Juhosb4458732013-05-30 07:06:12 +00003163- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
3164 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
3165
Kumar Gala8975d7a2010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003166- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3167 Chip has SRIO or not
3168
3169- CONFIG_SRIO1:
3170 Board has SRIO 1 port available
3171
3172- CONFIG_SRIO2:
3173 Board has SRIO 2 port available
3174
Liu Gang27afb9c2013-05-07 16:30:46 +08003175- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
3176 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
3177
Kumar Gala8975d7a2010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003178- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
3179 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3180
3181- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
3182 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3183
3184- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
3185 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3186
Fabio Estevamf17e8782013-04-11 09:35:34 +00003187- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
3188 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
3189 a 16 bit bus.
3190 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevam417052b2013-04-11 09:35:35 +00003191 Example of drivers that use it:
Miquel Raynal1f1ae152018-08-16 17:30:07 +02003192 - drivers/mtd/nand/raw/ndfc.c
3193 - drivers/mtd/nand/raw/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermancd6aae32011-05-19 15:08:36 -04003194
3195- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
3196 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
3197 a default value will be used.
3198
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003199- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003200 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
3201 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
3202
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003203 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
3204 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
3205
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003206- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003207 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
3208 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
3209 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003210
York Sune73cc042011-06-07 09:42:16 +08003211- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
3212 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
3213 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
3214 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
3215 header files or board specific files.
3216
York Sunbd495cf2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07003217- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
3218 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
3219
York Sun8ced0502015-01-06 13:18:55 -08003220- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH
3221 Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers.
3222
York Sunb6a35f82015-03-19 09:30:28 -07003223- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_BIST
3224 Enable built-in memory test for Freescale DDR controllers.
3225
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003226- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003227 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
3228 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi054838e2006-10-31 18:44:42 -06003229
wdenk6203e402004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003230- CONFIG_RMII
3231 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
3232 Note that this is a global option, we can't
3233 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
3234
wdenk20c98a62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003235- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
3236 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
3237 The syntax is:
3238
3239 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
3240
3241 Where address/count indicate a memory area
3242 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
3243 area should have.
3244
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003245- CONFIG_LOOPW
3246 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Simon Glass92ffdee2017-08-04 16:34:27 -06003247 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY).
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003248
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003249- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
3250 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
3251 "md/mw" commands.
3252 Examples:
3253
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003254 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003255 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
3256
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003257 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003258 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
3259
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003260 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Simon Glass92ffdee2017-08-04 16:34:27 -06003261 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY).
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003262
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003263- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Rick Chend7e6f922017-12-26 13:55:59 +08003264 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS, RISC-V only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk302141d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003265 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
3266 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
3267 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003268
Wolfgang Denk302141d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003269 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
3270 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
3271 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
3272 these initializations itself.
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003273
Simon Glass90844072016-05-05 07:28:06 -06003274- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT_ONLY
3275 [ARM926EJ-S only] This allows just the call to lowlevel_init()
yeongjun Kim7a203682016-07-20 22:56:12 +09003276 to be skipped. The normal CP15 init (such as enabling the
Simon Glass90844072016-05-05 07:28:06 -06003277 instruction cache) is still performed.
3278
Aneesh V552a3192011-07-13 05:11:07 +00003279- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Lilja1ec96d82009-06-13 20:50:00 +02003280 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3281 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
3282 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk336b2bc2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00003283
Ying Zhang2d2e3b62013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003284- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
3285 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3286 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
3287 It is loaded by the SPL.
3288
Ying Zhang0d4f5442013-05-20 14:07:23 +08003289- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
3290 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
3291 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
3292 previous 4k of the .text section.
3293
Simon Glass17dabf02013-02-24 17:33:14 +00003294- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
3295 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
3296 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
3297 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
3298 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
3299 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
3300 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
3301 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
3302
Simon Glassbfb59802013-02-14 04:18:54 +00003303- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
3304 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
3305 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Black14f82462012-11-27 21:08:06 +00003306
Karicheri, Muralidharanc1dc61b2014-04-04 13:16:50 -04003307- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
3308 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
3309 driver that uses this:
Miquel Raynal1f1ae152018-08-16 17:30:07 +02003310 drivers/mtd/nand/raw/davinci_nand.c
Karicheri, Muralidharanc1dc61b2014-04-04 13:16:50 -04003311
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003312Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
3313-----------------------------------
3314
3315The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
3316loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
3317This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3318are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3319within that device.
3320
Zhao Qiang83a90842014-03-21 16:21:44 +08003321- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
3322 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
3323 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
3324 is also specified.
3325
3326- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
3327 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003328 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
3329 is also specified.
3330
3331- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
3332 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
3333 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
3334 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
3335 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
3336
3337- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
3338 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
3339 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
3340 virtual address in NOR flash.
3341
3342- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
3343 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
3344 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
3345
3346- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
3347 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
3348 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3349
Liu Gang1e084582012-03-08 00:33:18 +00003350- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
3351 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
3352 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003353 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
3354 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
3355 master's memory space.
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003356
J. German Rivera8ff14b72014-06-23 15:15:55 -07003357Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
3358---------------------------------------------------------
3359The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
3360"firmware".
3361This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3362are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3363within that device.
3364
3365- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
3366 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
3367
Prabhakar Kushwaha853a9012015-06-02 10:55:52 +05303368Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support:
3369-------------------------------------------
3370The Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support supports the loading of
3371"Debug Server firmware" and triggering SP boot-rom.
3372This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting.
3373
York Sun928b6812015-12-07 11:08:58 -08003374- CONFIG_SYS_MC_RSV_MEM_ALIGN
3375 Define alignment of reserved memory MC requires
Prabhakar Kushwaha853a9012015-06-02 10:55:52 +05303376
Paul Kocialkowski7b917022015-07-26 18:48:15 +02003377Reproducible builds
3378-------------------
3379
3380In order to achieve reproducible builds, timestamps used in the U-Boot build
3381process have to be set to a fixed value.
3382
3383This is done using the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable.
3384SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is to be set on the build host's shell, not as a configuration
3385option for U-Boot or an environment variable in U-Boot.
3386
3387SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH should be set to a number of seconds since the epoch, in UTC.
3388
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003389Building the Software:
3390======================
3391
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003392Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
3393and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
3394all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
3395(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
3396recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
3397which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003398
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003399If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
3400have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
3401you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
3402Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
3403necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003404
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003405 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
3406 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003407
Peter Tyserb06976d2009-03-13 18:54:51 -05003408Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
3409 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
3410 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
3411 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
3412
3413 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
3414
3415 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
3416 be executed on computers running Windows.
3417
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003418U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
3419sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003420is done by typing:
3421
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003422 make NAME_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003423
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003424where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones5a7fb6f2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00003425rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk2f0812d2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00003426
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003427Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
3428 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
3429 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
3430 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003431 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003432
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003433 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003434 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003435
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003436 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003437 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003438
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003439 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003440
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003441
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003442Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
3443images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003444
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003445- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
3446- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
3447- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003448
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003449By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
3450in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
3451this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
3452
34531. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
3454
3455 make O=/tmp/build distclean
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003456 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003457 make O=/tmp/build all
3458
Timo Ketolac8c67602014-11-06 14:39:05 +020034592. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003460
Timo Ketolac8c67602014-11-06 14:39:05 +02003461 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003462 make distclean
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02003463 make NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003464 make all
3465
Timo Ketolac8c67602014-11-06 14:39:05 +02003466Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003467variable.
3468
Daniel Schwierzeck88484422018-01-26 16:31:04 +01003469User specific CPPFLAGS, AFLAGS and CFLAGS can be passed to the compiler by
3470setting the according environment variables KCPPFLAGS, KAFLAGS and KCFLAGS.
3471For example to treat all compiler warnings as errors:
3472
3473 make KCFLAGS=-Werror
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003474
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003475Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
3476for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
3477native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003478
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003479
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003480If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
3481to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
3482steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003483
Phil Sutterc77b4882015-12-25 14:41:18 +010034841. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003485 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
Phil Sutterc77b4882015-12-25 14:41:18 +01003486 the "Makefile" and a "<board>.c".
34872. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
3488 your board.
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +000034893. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
3490 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +020034914. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +000034925. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
3493 to be installed on your target system.
34946. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
3495 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003496
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003497
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003498Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
3499==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003500
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003501If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
3502or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003503provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
3504the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003505official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003506
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003507But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
3508cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003509the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
Simon Glassdc27def2016-07-27 20:33:08 -06003510just run the buildman script (tools/buildman/buildman), which will
3511configure and build U-Boot for ALL supported system. Be warned, this
3512will take a while. Please see the buildman README, or run 'buildman -H'
3513for documentation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003514
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003515
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003516See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003517
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003518
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003519Monitor Commands - Overview:
3520============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003521
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003522go - start application at address 'addr'
3523run - run commands in an environment variable
3524bootm - boot application image from memory
3525bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasutcf41a9b2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00003526bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003527tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
3528 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
3529 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass6a398d22011-10-24 18:00:07 +00003530tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003531rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
3532diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
3533loads - load S-Record file over serial line
3534loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
3535md - memory display
3536mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
3537nm - memory modify (constant address)
3538mw - memory write (fill)
3539cp - memory copy
3540cmp - memory compare
3541crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser469cde42009-04-18 22:34:03 -05003542i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003543sspi - SPI utility commands
3544base - print or set address offset
3545printenv- print environment variables
3546setenv - set environment variables
3547saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
3548protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
3549erase - erase FLASH memory
3550flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc4baf03d2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00003551nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003552bdinfo - print Board Info structure
3553iminfo - print header information for application image
3554coninfo - print console devices and informations
3555ide - IDE sub-system
3556loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003557loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003558mtest - simple RAM test
3559icache - enable or disable instruction cache
3560dcache - enable or disable data cache
3561reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
3562echo - echo args to console
3563version - print monitor version
3564help - print online help
3565? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003566
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003567
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003568Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
3569========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003570
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003571TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003572
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003573For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003574
3575
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003576Environment Variables:
3577======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003578
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003579U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
3580can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003581
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003582Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
3583"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
3584without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
3585environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
3586working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
3587environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003588
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003589Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
3590
3591List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003592
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003593 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003594
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003595 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003596
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003597 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003598
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003599 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003600
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003601 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003602
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003603 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3604 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3605 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
3606 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
3607 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
3608 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003609 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
3610 bootm_mapsize.
3611
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003612 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003613 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
3614 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
3615 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
3616 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
3617 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
3618 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003619
3620 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3621 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3622 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
3623 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
3624 environment variable.
3625
Bartlomiej Siekae273e9f2008-10-01 15:26:31 +02003626 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
3627 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
3628 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
3629
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003630 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
3631 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
3632 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
3633 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003634
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003635 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
3636 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
3637 be automatically started (by internally calling
3638 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003639
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003640 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
3641 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
3642 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
3643 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
3644 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003645
David A. Longd558a4e2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003646 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
3647 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guo0ca9e982012-01-09 21:54:08 +00003648 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
3649 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
3650 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
3651 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
3652 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
3653 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
3654 access it during the boot procedure.
3655
David A. Longd558a4e2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003656 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
3657 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
3658 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
3659 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
3660 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
3661 must be accessible by the kernel.
3662
Simon Glassdc6fa642011-10-24 19:15:34 +00003663 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
3664 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
3665 defined.
3666
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00003667 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
3668 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
3669 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
3670 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
3671 it must be saved and board must be reset.
3672
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003673 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
3674 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
3675 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
3676 is usually what you want since it allows for
3677 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
3678 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003679 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003680 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
3681 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
3682 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
3683 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003684
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003685 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
3686 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
3687 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
3688 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
3689 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
3690 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003691
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003692 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003693
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003694 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
3695 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
3696 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
3697 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
3698 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
3699 boot time on your system, but requires that this
3700 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk3f9ab982003-04-12 23:38:12 +00003701
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003702 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003703
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003704 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
3705 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003706
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003707 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003708
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003709 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk6f770ed2003-05-23 23:18:21 +00003710
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003711 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003712
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003713 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003714
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003715 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003716
Mike Frysingera23230c2011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003717 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003718
Mike Frysingera23230c2011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003719 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
3720 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003721
Heiko Schocherc5e84052010-07-20 17:45:02 +02003722 => setenv ethact FEC
3723 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
3724 => setenv ethact SCC
3725 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003726
Matthias Fuchs204f0ec2008-01-17 07:45:05 +01003727 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
3728 available network interfaces.
3729 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
3730
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003731 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003732 either succeed or fail without retrying.
3733 When set to "once" the network operation will
3734 fail when all the available network interfaces
3735 are tried once without success.
3736 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
3737 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003738
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD1948d6c2009-01-31 09:53:39 +01003739 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDd2164ef2008-01-07 08:41:34 +01003740
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003741 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by
Simon Glass5db3f932013-07-16 20:10:00 -07003742 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
3743 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
3744 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
3745 is silent.
3746
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)83006852015-10-12 00:02:57 +02003747 tftpsrcp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003748 UDP source port.
3749
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)83006852015-10-12 00:02:57 +02003750 tftpdstp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003751 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
3752
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003753 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
3754 we use the TFTP server's default block size
3755
3756 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
3757 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
3758 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
3759 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
3760 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
3761 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
3762 with unreliable TFTP servers.
3763
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)83006852015-10-12 00:02:57 +02003764 tftptimeoutcountmax - maximum count of TFTP timeouts (no
3765 unit, minimum value = 0). Defines how many timeouts
3766 can happen during a single file transfer before that
3767 transfer is aborted. The default is 10, and 0 means
3768 'no timeouts allowed'. Increasing this value may help
3769 downloads succeed with high packet loss rates, or with
3770 unreliable TFTP servers or client hardware.
3771
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003772 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003773 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003774 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003775
Alexandre Messier15971322016-02-01 17:08:57 -05003776 bootpretryperiod - Period during which BOOTP/DHCP sends retries.
3777 Unsigned value, in milliseconds. If not set, the period will
3778 be either the default (28000), or a value based on
3779 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT, if defined. This value has
3780 precedence over the valu based on CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT.
3781
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003782The following image location variables contain the location of images
3783used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
3784not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
3785variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
3786server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
3787loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
3788flash or offset in NAND flash.
3789
3790*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
Fabio Estevambb7d4972015-04-25 18:53:10 -03003791boards currently use other variables for these purposes, and some
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003792boards use these variables for other purposes.
3793
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003794Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
3795----- --------- ----------- --------------
3796u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
3797Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
3798device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
3799ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003800
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003801The following environment variables may be used and automatically
3802updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
3803depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003804
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003805 bootfile - see above
3806 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
3807 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
3808 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
3809 hostname - Target hostname
3810 ipaddr - see above
3811 netmask - Subnet Mask
3812 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
3813 serverip - see above
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003814
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003815
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003816There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003817
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003818 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
3819 as type string and/or serial number
3820 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003821
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003822These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
3823the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
3824once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003825
3826
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003827Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003828
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003829 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
3830 with the "version" command. This variable is
3831 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003832
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003833
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003834Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
3835only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003836
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003837
Joe Hershberger60fd3ad2012-12-11 22:16:24 -06003838Callback functions for environment variables:
3839---------------------------------------------
3840
3841For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003842when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to
Joe Hershberger60fd3ad2012-12-11 22:16:24 -06003843be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
3844deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
3845effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
3846
3847The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
3848U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
3849
3850These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
3851static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
3852in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
3853associations. The list must be in the following format:
3854
3855 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
3856 list = entry[,list]
3857
3858If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
3859Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
3860
3861Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
3862with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
3863override any association in the static list. You can define
3864CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003865".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger60fd3ad2012-12-11 22:16:24 -06003866
Joe Hershberger6db9fd42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05003867If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
3868regular expression. This allows multiple variables to be connected to
3869the same callback without explicitly listing them all out.
3870
Heinrich Schuchardtc141fa52018-07-29 11:08:14 +02003871The signature of the callback functions is:
3872
3873 int callback(const char *name, const char *value, enum env_op op, int flags)
3874
3875* name - changed environment variable
3876* value - new value of the environment variable
3877* op - operation (create, overwrite, or delete)
3878* flags - attributes of the environment variable change, see flags H_* in
3879 include/search.h
3880
3881The return value is 0 if the variable change is accepted and 1 otherwise.
Joe Hershberger60fd3ad2012-12-11 22:16:24 -06003882
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003883Command Line Parsing:
3884=====================
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003885
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003886There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
3887the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003888
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003889Old, simple command line parser:
3890--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003891
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003892- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
3893- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01003894- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003895- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
3896 for example:
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01003897 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003898- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
3899 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003900
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003901Hush shell:
3902-----------
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003903
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003904- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
3905 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
3906 until...do...done, ...
3907- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
3908 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
3909 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
3910 command
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003911
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003912General rules:
3913--------------
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003914
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003915(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
3916 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
3917 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
3918 executed anyway.
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003919
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003920(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003921 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003922 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
3923 variables are not executed.
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003924
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003925Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
3926=======================================
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003927
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003928Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003929such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
3930"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003931
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003932Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
3933MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
3934"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003935
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003936If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
3937in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
3938ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
3939variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003940
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003941o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
3942 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003943
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003944o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
3945 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
3946 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003947
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003948o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
3949 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003950
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003951o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
3952 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
3953 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003954
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003955o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
Joe Hershberger2dc2b5d2015-05-04 14:55:13 -05003956 is raised. If CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR is defined, then in this case
3957 a random, locally-assigned MAC is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003958
Ben Warren6db991a2010-04-26 11:11:46 -07003959If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003960will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warren6db991a2010-04-26 11:11:46 -07003961may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
3962The naming convention is as follows:
3963"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003964
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003965Image Formats:
3966==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003967
Marian Balakowicz18710b82008-03-12 12:13:13 +01003968U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
3969images in two formats:
3970
3971New uImage format (FIT)
3972-----------------------
3973
3974Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
3975to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
3976components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
3977SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
3978
3979
3980Old uImage format
3981-----------------
3982
3983Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
3984preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
3985details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003986
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003987* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
3988 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyser56b8dd12008-09-08 14:56:49 -05003989 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
3990 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
3991 INTEGRITY).
Andy Shevchenko8cb5cdd2017-07-05 16:25:22 +03003992* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, Intel x86,
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00003993 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
Andy Shevchenko8cb5cdd2017-07-05 16:25:22 +03003994 Currently supported: ARM, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003995* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
3996* Load Address
3997* Entry Point
3998* Image Name
3999* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004000
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004001The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
4002and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
4003CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004005
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004006Linux Support:
4007==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004008
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004009Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
4010easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
4011U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004012
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004013U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
4014special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
4015"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
4016instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
4017serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004018
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004019- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
4020 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
4021 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004022
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004023- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
4024 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004025
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004026- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
4027 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
4028 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
4029 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
4030 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
4031 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004032
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004033
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004034Linux HOWTO:
4035============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004036
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004037Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4038---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004039
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004040U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4041configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4042(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4043Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004044
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004045But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004046
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004047Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4048include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg47167572008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004049Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4050and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004051as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004052
Simon Glassd097e592014-06-11 23:29:46 -06004053Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
4054If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
4055is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
4056doc/driver-model.
4057
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004058
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004059Configuring the Linux kernel:
4060-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004061
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004062No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4063device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004064
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004065
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004066Building a Linux Image:
4067-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004068
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004069With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4070not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4071"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4072U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4073which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4074100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004075
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004076Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004077
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004078 make TQM850L_defconfig
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004079 make oldconfig
4080 make dep
4081 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004082
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004083The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4084encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4085CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004086
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004087* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004088
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004089* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004090
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004091 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4092 -R .note -R .comment \
4093 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004094
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004095* compress the binary image:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004096
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004097 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004098
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004099* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004100
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004101 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4102 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4103 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004104
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004105
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004106The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4107with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4108combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4109byte header containing information about target architecture,
4110operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4111stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004112
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004113"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4114print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004115
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004116In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4117contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4118checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004119
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004120 tools/mkimage -l image
4121 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004122
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004123The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4124from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004125
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004126 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4127 -n name -d data_file image
4128 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4129 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4130 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4131 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4132 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4133 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4134 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4135 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004136
wdenkcd914452004-05-29 16:53:29 +00004137Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4138address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4139kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004140
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004141- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4142- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004143
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004144So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004145
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004146 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4147 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004148 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004149 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4150 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4151 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4152 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4153 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4154 Load Address: 0x00000000
4155 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004156
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004157To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004158
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004159 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4160 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4161 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4162 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4163 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4164 Load Address: 0x00000000
4165 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004166
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004167NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
4168speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
4169needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
4170need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004171
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004172 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004173 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4174 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004175 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004176 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
4177 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4178 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4179 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
4180 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
4181 Load Address: 0x00000000
4182 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004183
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004184
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004185Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
4186when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004187
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004188 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
4189 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
4190 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
4191 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4192 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
4193 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4194 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
4195 Load Address: 0x00000000
4196 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004197
Guilherme Maciel Ferreira51553812013-12-01 12:43:11 -07004198The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
4199option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
4200option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
4201from the image:
4202
Guilherme Maciel Ferreira40bf5632015-01-15 02:54:40 -02004203 tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file
4204 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file'
4205 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4206 -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image'
Guilherme Maciel Ferreira51553812013-12-01 12:43:11 -07004207
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004208
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004209Installing a Linux Image:
4210-------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004211
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004212To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
4213you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004214
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004215 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004216
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004217The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
4218image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
4219address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
4220specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
4221command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004222
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004223Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
4224TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004225
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004226 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004227
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004228 .......... done
4229 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004230
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004231 => loads 40100000
4232 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4233 ~>examples/image.srec
4234 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
4235 ...
4236 15989 15990 15991 15992
4237 [file transfer complete]
4238 [connected]
4239 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004240
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004241
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004242You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004243this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004244corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004245
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004246 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004247
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004248 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4249 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4250 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4251 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4252 Load Address: 00000000
4253 Entry Point: 0000000c
4254 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004255
4256
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004257Boot Linux:
4258-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004259
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004260The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
4261memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
4262of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
4263parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
4264"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004265
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004266
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004267 => printenv bootargs
4268 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004269
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004270 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004271
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004272 => printenv bootargs
4273 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004274
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004275 => bootm 40020000
4276 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
4277 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
4278 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4279 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
4280 Load Address: 00000000
4281 Entry Point: 0000000c
4282 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4283 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4284 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
4285 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4286 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4287 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4288 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
4289 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004290
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004291If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004292the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
4293format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004294
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004295 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004296
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004297 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4298 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4299 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4300 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4301 Load Address: 00000000
4302 Entry Point: 0000000c
4303 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004304
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004305 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
4306 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4307 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4308 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4309 Load Address: 00000000
4310 Entry Point: 00000000
4311 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004312
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004313 => bootm 40100000 40200000
4314 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
4315 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4316 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4317 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4318 Load Address: 00000000
4319 Entry Point: 0000000c
4320 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4321 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4322 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
4323 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4324 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4325 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4326 Load Address: 00000000
4327 Entry Point: 00000000
4328 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4329 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
4330 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
4331 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
4332 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4333 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4334 ...
4335 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
4336 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004337
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004338 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004339
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004340Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
4341-----------
4342
4343First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
4344titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
4345following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
4346flat device tree:
4347
4348=> print oftaddr
4349oftaddr=0x300000
4350=> print oft
4351oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
4352=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
4353Speed: 1000, full duplex
4354Using TSEC0 device
4355TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
4356Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
4357Load address: 0x300000
4358Loading: #
4359done
4360Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
4361=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
4362Speed: 1000, full duplex
4363Using TSEC0 device
4364TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
4365Filename 'uImage'.
4366Load address: 0x200000
4367Loading:############
4368done
4369Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
4370=> print loadaddr
4371loadaddr=200000
4372=> print oftaddr
4373oftaddr=0x300000
4374=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
4375## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004376 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
4377 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4378 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004379 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004380 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004381 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4382 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4383Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
4384Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
4385Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
4386[snip]
4387
4388
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004389More About U-Boot Image Types:
4390------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004391
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004392U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004393
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004394 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
4395 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
4396 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
4397 the Standalone Program.
4398 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
4399 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
4400 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
4401 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
4402 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
4403 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
4404 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
4405 being started.
4406 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
4407 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
4408 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
4409 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
4410 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
4411 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004412
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004413 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
4414 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
4415 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
4416 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
4417 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
4418 a multiple of 4 bytes).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004419
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004420 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
4421 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
4422 flash memory.
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004423
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004424 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
4425 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
4426 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
4427 as command interpreter.
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004428
Marek Vasutcf41a9b2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004429Booting the Linux zImage:
4430-------------------------
4431
4432On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
4433using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
4434as the syntax of "bootm" command.
4435
Tom Rini45f46d12013-05-16 11:40:11 -04004436Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut28850d02012-03-18 11:47:58 +00004437kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
4438address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
4439format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
4440
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004441
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004442Standalone HOWTO:
4443=================
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004444
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004445One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
4446run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
4447U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004448
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004449Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004450
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004451"Hello World" Demo:
4452-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004453
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004454'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
4455application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
4456It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
4457like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004458
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004459 => loads
4460 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4461 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
4462 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4463 [file transfer complete]
4464 [connected]
4465 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004466
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004467 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
4468 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4469 Hello World
4470 argc = 7
4471 argv[0] = "40004"
4472 argv[1] = "Hello"
4473 argv[2] = "World!"
4474 argv[3] = "This"
4475 argv[4] = "is"
4476 argv[5] = "a"
4477 argv[6] = "test."
4478 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
4479 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004480
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004481 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004482
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004483Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
4484handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
4485Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
4486The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
4487character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
4488controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004489
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004490 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
4491 b - enable interrupts and start timer
4492 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
4493 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004494
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004495 => loads
4496 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4497 ~>examples/timer.srec
4498 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4499 [file transfer complete]
4500 [connected]
4501 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004502
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004503 => go 40004
4504 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4505 TIMERS=0xfff00980
4506 Using timer 1
4507 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004508
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004509Hit 'b':
4510 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
4511 Enabling timer
4512Hit '?':
4513 [q, b, e, ?] ........
4514 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
4515Hit '?':
4516 [q, b, e, ?] .
4517 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
4518Hit '?':
4519 [q, b, e, ?] .
4520 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
4521Hit '?':
4522 [q, b, e, ?] .
4523 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
4524Hit 'e':
4525 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
4526Hit 'q':
4527 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004528
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004529
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004530Minicom warning:
4531================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004532
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004533Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
4534"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
4535consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
4536Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
4537especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pinca0189bb2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00004538use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
4539http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
4540for help with kermit.
4541
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004542
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004543Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
4544configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004545
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004546 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
4547 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
4548 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004549
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004550
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004551NetBSD Notes:
4552=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004553
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004554Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
4555(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004556
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004557Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
4558NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
4559need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
4560Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
4561attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
4562missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004563
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004564 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
4565 # mkdir powerpc
4566 # ln -s powerpc machine
4567 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
4568 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004569
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004570Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
4571and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004572
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004573Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
4574stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
4575proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
4576tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenkd0245fc2005-04-13 10:02:42 +00004577meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004578
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004579
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004580Implementation Internals:
4581=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004582
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004583The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
4584implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
4585inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
4586hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004587
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004588
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004589Initial Stack, Global Data:
4590---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004591
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004592The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
4593starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
4594system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
4595This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
4596is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
4597at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
4598options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
4599models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
4600MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
4601locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004602
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004603 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004604 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004605
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004606 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
4607 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
4608 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
4609 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004610
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004611 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
4612 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
4613 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
4614 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
4615 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004616 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004617 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
4618 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004619
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004620 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
4621 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004622 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004623 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
4624 board designers haven't used it for something that would
4625 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
4626 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004627
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004628 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004629 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
4630 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese3e1f1b32005-08-01 16:49:12 +02004631 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004632 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
4633 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
4634 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
4635 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
4636 you get the config right.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004637
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004638 -Chris Hallinan
4639 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004640
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004641It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
4642code for the initialization procedures:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004643
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004644* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
4645 to write it.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004646
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004647* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004648 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
4649 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004650
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004651* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
4652 that.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004653
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004654Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004655normal global data to share information between the code. But it
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004656turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
4657simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
4658functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
4659functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
4660the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
4661place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
4662reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004663
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004664When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
4665relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
4666GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004667
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004668For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
4669 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denk69c09642008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004670 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004671 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
4672 R5-R10: parameter passing
4673 R13: small data area pointer
4674 R30: GOT pointer
4675 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004676
Joakim Tjernlund693c0c12010-01-19 14:41:58 +01004677 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
4678 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
4679 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004680
Wolfgang Denk69c09642008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004681 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004682
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004683 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
4684 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
4685 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
4686 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
4687 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
4688 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004689
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004690On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004691
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004692 R0: function argument word/integer result
4693 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofsteea556aca2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02004694 R9: platform specific
4695 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004696 R11: argument (frame) pointer
4697 R12: temporary workspace
4698 R13: stack pointer
4699 R14: link register
4700 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004701
Jeroen Hofsteea556aca2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02004702 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
4703
4704 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004705
Thomas Chou8fa38582010-05-21 11:08:03 +08004706On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
4707 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
4708
4709 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
4710
4711 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
4712 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
4713
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004714On NDS32, the following registers are used:
4715
4716 R0-R1: argument/return
4717 R2-R5: argument
4718 R15: temporary register for assembler
4719 R16: trampoline register
4720 R28: frame pointer (FP)
4721 R29: global pointer (GP)
4722 R30: link register (LP)
4723 R31: stack pointer (SP)
4724 PC: program counter (PC)
4725
4726 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
4727
Wolfgang Denk6405a152006-03-31 18:32:53 +02004728NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
4729or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004730
Rick Chend7e6f922017-12-26 13:55:59 +08004731On RISC-V, the following registers are used:
4732
4733 x0: hard-wired zero (zero)
4734 x1: return address (ra)
4735 x2: stack pointer (sp)
4736 x3: global pointer (gp)
4737 x4: thread pointer (tp)
4738 x5: link register (t0)
4739 x8: frame pointer (fp)
4740 x10-x11: arguments/return values (a0-1)
4741 x12-x17: arguments (a2-7)
4742 x28-31: temporaries (t3-6)
4743 pc: program counter (pc)
4744
4745 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
4746
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004747Memory Management:
4748------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004749
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004750U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
4751MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004752
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004753The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
4754controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
4755memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
4756physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004757
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004758U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
4759TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
4760booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
4761to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004762memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004763configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
4764Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004765
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004766Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
4767of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004768
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004769So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
4770this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004771
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004772 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
4773 :
4774 0x0000 1FFF
4775 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
4776 :
4777 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004778
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004779 :
4780 :
4781 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
4782 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
4783 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
4784 :
4785 0x00FD FFFF
4786 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
4787 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
4788 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
4789 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004790
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004791
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004792System Initialization:
4793----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004794
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004795In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004796(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004797configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory.
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004798To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
4799To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
4800initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
Heiko Schocher71cb3e92017-06-07 17:33:10 +02004801which provide such a feature like), or in a locked part of the data
4802cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core, the caches and
4803the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004804
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004805Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
4806preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
4807(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
4808on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
4809programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
4810simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
4811banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004812
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004813When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
4814different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
4815bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
48160x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
4817contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004818
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004819Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
4820and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
4821Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
4822pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004823
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004824Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
4825until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
4826running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
4827new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004828
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004829
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004830U-Boot Porting Guide:
4831----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004832
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004833[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
4834list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004835
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004836
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004837int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004838{
4839 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004840
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004841 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
4842 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004843
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004844 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004845 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004846 return 0;
4847 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004848
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004849 Download latest U-Boot source;
wdenk34b613e2002-12-17 01:51:00 +00004850
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004851 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004852
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004853 if (clueless)
4854 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004855
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004856 while (learning) {
4857 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004858 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
4859 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004860 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004861 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004862 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004863
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004864 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
4865 Buy a BDI3000;
4866 else
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004867 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004868
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004869 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
4870 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
4871 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
4872 } else {
4873 Create your own board support subdirectory;
4874 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
4875 }
4876 Edit new board/<myboard> files
4877 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004878
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004879 while (!accepted) {
4880 while (!running) {
4881 do {
4882 Add / modify source code;
4883 } until (compiles);
4884 Debug;
4885 if (clueless)
4886 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
4887 }
4888 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
4889 if (reasonable critiques)
4890 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
4891 else
4892 Defend code as written;
wdenk634d2f72004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004893 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004894
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004895 return 0;
4896}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004897
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004898void no_more_time (int sig)
4899{
4900 hire_a_guru();
4901}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004902
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004903
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004904Coding Standards:
4905-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004906
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004907All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Baruch Siachb1081252017-12-10 17:34:35 +02004908coding style; see the kernel coding style guide at
4909https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/process/coding-style.html, and the
4910script "scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02004911
4912Source files originating from a different project (for example the
4913MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004914reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02004915sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004916
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02004917Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
4918Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
4919in your code.
wdenkad276f22004-01-04 16:28:35 +00004920
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004921Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
4922- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004923- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004924- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004925- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004926- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004927
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004928Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
4929with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004930
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004931
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004932Submitting Patches:
4933-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004934
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004935Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
4936establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
4937may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004938
Magnus Liljaf3b287b2008-08-06 19:32:33 +02004939Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004940
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004941Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
S. Lockwood-Childsda6d34c2017-11-14 22:56:42 -08004942see https://lists.denx.de/listinfo/u-boot
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004943
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004944When you send a patch, please include the following information with
4945it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004946
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004947* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
4948 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
4949 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004950
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004951* For new features: a description of the feature and your
4952 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004953
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004954* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004955
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -05004956* For major contributions, add a MAINTAINERS file with your
4957 information and associated file and directory references.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004958
Albert ARIBAUD48e910f2013-09-11 15:52:51 +02004959* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
4960 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004961
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004962* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
4963 document these in the README file.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004964
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004965* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
4966 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004967 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004968 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
4969 with some other mail clients.
wdenkca9bc762003-07-15 07:45:49 +00004970
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004971 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
4972 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
4973 GNU diff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004974
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004975 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
4976 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
4977 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
4978 affected files).
4979
4980 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
4981 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004982
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004983* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
4984 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00004985
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004986* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
4987 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004988
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004989
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004990Notes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004991
Simon Glassdc27def2016-07-27 20:33:08 -06004992* Before sending the patch, run the buildman script on your patched
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004993 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
4994 for any of the boards.
4995
4996* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
4997 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
4998 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004999
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005000* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
5001 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
5002 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
5003 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
5004 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
5005 modification.
wdenkcbc49a52005-05-03 14:12:25 +00005006
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005007* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
5008 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
5009 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
5010 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.